1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
56 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
58 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
59 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
60 need to move into elfcode.h. */
62 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
65 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
66 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
67 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
69 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
70 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
71 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
72 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
73 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
74 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
75 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
78 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
81 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
82 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
83 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
89 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
94 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
97 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
98 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
99 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
101 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
102 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
105 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
108 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
109 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
110 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
112 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
116 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
119 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
120 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
121 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
123 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
124 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
125 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
126 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
127 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
130 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
133 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
134 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
135 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
137 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
139 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
144 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
147 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
148 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
149 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
151 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
152 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
153 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
154 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
155 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
158 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
161 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
162 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
163 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
166 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
172 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
175 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
176 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
177 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
179 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
182 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
185 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
186 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
187 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
189 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
192 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
193 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
196 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
198 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
203 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
206 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
209 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
210 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
214 return h
& 0xffffffff;
217 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
218 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
221 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
223 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
224 unsigned long h
= 5381;
227 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
228 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
229 return h
& 0xffffffff;
232 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
233 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
235 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
237 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
239 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
240 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
241 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
244 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
245 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
247 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
251 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
258 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
261 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
266 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
268 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
269 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
272 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
276 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
279 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
281 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
283 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
285 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
286 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
289 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
290 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
292 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
293 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
294 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
296 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
297 in case the string table is not terminated. */
298 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
299 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
300 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
301 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
303 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
304 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
305 the string table over and over. */
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
309 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
310 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
312 return (char *) shstrtab
;
316 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
317 unsigned int shindex
,
318 unsigned int strindex
)
320 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
325 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
328 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
330 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
332 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
334 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
335 /* xgettext:c-format */
336 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
337 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
342 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
347 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
348 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
349 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
350 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
351 the section is zero. */
352 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
356 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
358 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
360 /* xgettext:c-format */
361 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
362 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
363 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
365 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
369 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
372 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
373 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
374 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
375 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
376 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
377 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
378 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
381 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
391 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
392 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
402 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
408 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
410 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
412 elf_section_list
* entry
;
413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
415 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
416 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
419 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
422 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
424 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
429 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
431 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
432 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
433 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
434 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
435 the index table will not be needed. */
439 /* Read the symbols. */
441 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
444 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
445 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
451 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
452 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
454 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
455 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
457 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
458 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
459 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
465 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
469 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
475 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
476 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
497 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
498 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
499 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
503 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
504 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
505 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
506 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
508 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
509 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
511 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
512 /* xgettext:c-format */
513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
514 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
515 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
516 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
523 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
525 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
526 free (alloc_extshndx
);
531 /* Look up a symbol name. */
533 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
539 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
540 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
542 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
543 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
544 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
546 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
547 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
550 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
553 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
554 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
559 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
560 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
563 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
564 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
566 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
568 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
569 signature just a string? */
572 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
575 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
576 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
577 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
579 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
580 that it is a symbol table section. */
581 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
583 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
584 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
585 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
588 /* Go read the symbol. */
589 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
590 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
591 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
594 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
597 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
600 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
602 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
604 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
605 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
608 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
610 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
611 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
612 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
615 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
616 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
617 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
618 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
619 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
621 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
625 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
631 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
637 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
638 so we can find them quickly. */
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
642 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
644 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
645 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
649 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
653 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
656 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
658 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
660 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
663 /* Add to list of sections. */
664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
667 /* Read the raw contents. */
668 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
669 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
670 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
671 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
672 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
674 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
677 /* xgettext:c-format */
678 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
679 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
680 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
686 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
687 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
688 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
690 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
691 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
699 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
700 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
704 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
705 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
706 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
711 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
712 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
713 section group should be marked with
714 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
715 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
717 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
720 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
723 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
731 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
732 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
736 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
742 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
749 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
751 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
754 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
756 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
757 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
760 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
766 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
767 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
769 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
770 /* xgettext:c-format */
771 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
772 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
777 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
779 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
780 section is a member. */
782 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
786 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
787 other members to see if any others are linked via
789 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
790 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
792 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
793 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
794 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
798 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
799 insert current section in circular list. */
800 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
801 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
802 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
808 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
811 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
813 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
814 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
817 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
819 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
820 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
829 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
831 /* xgettext:c-format */
832 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
840 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
843 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
844 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
847 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
848 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
850 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
851 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
853 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
854 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
855 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
856 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
861 bed
->link_order_error_handler
862 /* xgettext:c-format */
863 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
868 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
870 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
872 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
873 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
877 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
878 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
882 /* xgettext:c-format */
883 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
884 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
888 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
891 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
892 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
895 /* xgettext:c-format */
896 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
897 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
902 /* Process section groups. */
903 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
906 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
909 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
912 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
913 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
916 /* xgettext:c-format */
917 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
923 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
924 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
930 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
932 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
933 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
934 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
935 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
937 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
939 /* xgettext:c-format */
940 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
943 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
944 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
957 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
959 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
963 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
965 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
966 return elf_group_name (sec
);
971 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
973 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
974 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
975 if (new_name
== NULL
)
979 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
984 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
986 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
987 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
988 if (new_name
== NULL
)
991 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
995 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
999 int16_t major_version
;
1000 int16_t minor_version
;
1001 unsigned char slim_object
;
1003 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1007 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1008 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1011 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1012 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1018 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1020 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1023 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1024 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1027 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1028 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1029 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1031 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1032 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1033 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1035 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1037 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1038 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1039 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1042 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1043 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1045 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1047 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1050 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1053 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1054 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1057 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1059 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1062 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1064 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1065 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1066 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1067 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1069 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1070 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1071 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1072 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1074 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1076 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1077 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1081 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1082 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1083 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1087 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1089 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1090 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1091 if (name
[0] == '.')
1093 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1094 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1095 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1096 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1097 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1098 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1099 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1100 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1101 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1102 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1103 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1107 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1108 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1109 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1110 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1111 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1112 all but one of the sections. */
1113 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1114 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1115 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1117 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1120 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1121 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1122 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1125 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1126 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1127 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1128 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1132 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1135 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1136 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1140 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1142 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1143 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1145 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1146 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1147 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1148 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1149 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1150 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1151 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1153 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1155 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1158 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1159 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1161 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1162 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1163 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1164 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1166 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1167 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1168 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1170 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1171 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1172 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1173 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1174 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1175 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1176 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1177 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1178 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1180 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1181 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1182 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1183 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1184 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1185 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1186 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1192 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1193 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1194 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1195 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1196 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1198 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1199 int compression_header_size
;
1200 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1201 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1202 bfd_boolean compressed
1203 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1204 &compression_header_size
,
1206 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1209 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1210 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1211 action
= decompress
;
1214 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1215 section. Check if we should compress. */
1216 if (action
== nothing
)
1218 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1219 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1220 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1221 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1223 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1224 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1230 if (action
== compress
)
1232 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1235 /* xgettext:c-format */
1236 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1243 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1246 /* xgettext:c-format */
1247 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1253 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1256 && (action
== decompress
1257 || (action
== compress
1258 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1260 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1261 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1263 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1264 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1266 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1270 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1271 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1272 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1275 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1277 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1278 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1280 struct lto_section lsection
;
1281 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1282 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1283 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1289 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1291 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1292 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1293 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1296 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1297 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1298 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1299 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1300 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1301 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1302 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1303 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1304 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1306 bfd_reloc_status_type
1307 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1308 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1310 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 asection
*input_section
,
1313 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1315 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1316 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1317 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1318 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1320 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1321 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1324 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1327 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1328 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1329 should be the same. */
1332 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1333 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1335 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1336 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1337 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1338 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1340 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1341 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1343 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1346 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1347 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1348 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1349 to be the correct section. */
1352 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1353 const unsigned int hint
)
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1358 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1360 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1361 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1362 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1363 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1366 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1370 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1372 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1373 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1374 multiple matches ? */
1381 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1382 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1383 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1386 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1388 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1389 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1390 const unsigned int secnum
)
1392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1393 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1394 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1395 unsigned int sh_link
;
1397 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1399 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1400 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1401 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1402 matched up with the original.
1404 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1405 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1406 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1407 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1408 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1409 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1410 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1411 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1412 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1413 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1414 without any contents. */
1415 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1416 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1417 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1418 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1422 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1423 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1424 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1425 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1428 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1429 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1430 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1431 in the input bfd. */
1432 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1434 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1435 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1438 /* xgettext:c-format */
1439 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1440 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1444 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1445 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1447 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1451 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1452 if we could not find a match ? */
1454 /* xgettext:c-format */
1455 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1458 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1460 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1461 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1463 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1465 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1467 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1468 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1471 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1472 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1474 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1476 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1481 /* xgettext:c-format */
1482 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1488 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1492 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1494 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1496 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1499 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1500 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1503 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1505 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1506 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1509 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1511 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1512 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1513 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1515 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1516 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1517 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1518 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1520 /* Copy object attributes. */
1521 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1523 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1526 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1528 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1529 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1534 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1535 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1536 files. See below for more details. */
1538 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1539 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1542 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1543 fields have already been initialised. */
1544 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1545 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1548 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1549 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1550 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1552 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1554 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1557 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1558 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1559 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1562 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1563 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1564 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1565 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1566 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1567 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1572 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1575 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1576 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1577 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1578 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1580 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1582 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1585 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1586 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1587 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1589 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1590 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1591 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1592 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1593 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1594 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1595 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1596 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1597 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1598 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1600 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1605 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1607 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1608 with a NULL input section. */
1609 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1610 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1618 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1623 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1624 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1625 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1626 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1627 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1628 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1629 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1630 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1631 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1632 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1634 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1639 /* Print out the program headers. */
1642 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1644 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1645 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1647 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1649 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1654 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1655 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1656 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1658 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1663 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1666 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1667 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1668 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1669 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1670 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1671 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1672 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1673 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1674 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1675 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1676 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1677 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1678 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1679 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1681 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1682 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1687 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1690 unsigned int elfsec
;
1691 unsigned long shlink
;
1692 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1694 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1696 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1698 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1701 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1702 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1704 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1706 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1707 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1710 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1711 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1713 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1714 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1716 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1718 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1719 const char *name
= "";
1721 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1724 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1726 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1733 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1734 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1736 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1738 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1743 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1744 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1745 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1746 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1747 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1748 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1749 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1750 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1751 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1752 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1753 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1754 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1755 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1756 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1757 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1758 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1759 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1760 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1761 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1762 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1763 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1764 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1765 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1766 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1767 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1768 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1771 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1772 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1773 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1774 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1775 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1776 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1777 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1778 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1779 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1780 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1781 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1782 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1783 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1784 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1785 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1787 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1788 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1789 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1790 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1791 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1792 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1793 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1794 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1795 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1796 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1797 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1798 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1799 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1803 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1807 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1812 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1814 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1817 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1826 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1827 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1829 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1833 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1835 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1837 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1838 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1840 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1841 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1842 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1843 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1845 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1848 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1852 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1858 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1860 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1862 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1863 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1865 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1867 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1868 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1869 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1870 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1871 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1872 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1884 /* Get version string. */
1887 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1888 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1890 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1891 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1892 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1894 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1896 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1897 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1900 version_string
= "";
1901 else if (vernum
== 1
1902 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1903 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1905 version_string
= "Base";
1906 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1908 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1911 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1913 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1914 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1918 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1920 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1922 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1924 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1931 return version_string
;
1934 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1937 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1940 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1942 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1945 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1946 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1948 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1949 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1950 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1951 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1953 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1955 const char *section_name
;
1956 const char *name
= NULL
;
1957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1958 unsigned char st_other
;
1960 const char *version_string
;
1963 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1965 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1966 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1967 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1971 name
= symbol
->name
;
1972 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1975 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1976 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1977 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1978 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1979 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1980 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1981 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1983 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1984 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1986 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1987 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1993 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1998 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1999 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2004 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2005 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2010 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2011 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2012 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2014 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2016 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2019 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2025 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2027 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2030 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2032 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2033 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2034 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2036 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2037 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2038 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2039 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2041 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2046 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2047 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2048 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2049 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2050 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2051 can expect to recurse at least once.
2053 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2054 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2056 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2057 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2058 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2060 size_t amt
= elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
2061 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2062 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2064 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2066 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2069 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2072 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2075 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2076 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2077 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2083 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2086 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2089 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2090 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2091 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2092 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2093 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2094 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2095 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2096 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2097 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2098 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2101 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2102 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2105 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2107 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2108 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2109 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2112 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2113 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2114 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2116 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2121 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2123 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2125 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2127 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2128 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2129 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2130 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2132 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2133 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2137 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2139 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2140 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2142 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2143 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2145 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2153 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2154 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2157 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2160 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2162 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2164 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2165 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2166 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2171 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2172 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2173 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2176 /* xgettext:c-format */
2177 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2178 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2182 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2183 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2184 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2185 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2187 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2188 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2189 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2190 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2191 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2193 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2194 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2195 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2199 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2200 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2201 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2203 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2204 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2206 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2207 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2210 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2211 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2215 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2216 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2221 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2223 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2225 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2226 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2231 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2232 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2236 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2237 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2240 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2243 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2245 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2248 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2249 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2250 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2255 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2256 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2257 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2260 /* xgettext:c-format */
2261 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2262 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2266 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2267 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2268 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2269 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2271 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2272 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2273 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2276 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2278 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2280 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2281 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2284 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2287 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2289 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2290 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2291 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2295 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2296 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2299 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2301 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2302 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2306 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2309 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2310 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2314 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2317 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2318 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2319 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2320 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2322 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2327 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2328 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2329 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2330 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2332 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2334 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2335 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2337 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2338 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2340 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2343 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2345 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2347 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2348 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2352 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2357 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2359 asection
*target_sect
;
2360 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2361 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2362 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2365 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2366 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2369 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2370 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2373 /* xgettext:c-format */
2374 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2375 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2376 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2381 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2382 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2383 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2384 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2385 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2386 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2387 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2389 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2390 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2391 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2392 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2398 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2400 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2401 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2412 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2415 /* Get the symbol table. */
2416 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2417 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2418 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2421 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2422 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2423 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2424 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2425 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2426 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2427 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2428 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2429 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2430 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2431 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2432 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2433 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2434 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2435 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2436 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2438 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2443 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2446 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2447 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2450 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2451 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2452 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2454 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2456 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2457 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2462 /* xgettext:c-format */
2463 (_("%pB: warning: multiple relocation sections for section %pA \
2464 found - ignoring all but the first"),
2468 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2473 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2474 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2475 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2476 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2477 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2478 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2479 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2480 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2481 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2483 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2484 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2486 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2490 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2491 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2493 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2496 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2497 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2500 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2501 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2502 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2505 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2506 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2507 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2508 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2515 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2518 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2524 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2525 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2526 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2528 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2530 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2534 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2535 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2538 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2540 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2541 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2542 for applications? */
2544 /* xgettext:c-format */
2545 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2546 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2549 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2550 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2555 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2556 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2557 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2559 /* xgettext:c-format */
2560 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2561 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2562 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2564 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2565 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2566 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2567 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2568 be rejected with an error message. */
2570 /* xgettext:c-format */
2571 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2572 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2575 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2576 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2581 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2583 /* xgettext:c-format */
2584 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2585 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2593 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2594 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2595 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2597 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2598 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2603 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2606 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2608 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2610 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2612 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2615 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2616 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2618 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2619 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2620 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2623 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2625 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2628 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2631 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2634 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2638 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2640 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2642 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2645 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2648 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2651 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2655 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2658 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2661 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2662 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2663 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2664 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2680 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2683 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2694 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2697 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2700 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2703 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2708 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2711 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2713 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2714 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2717 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2721 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2724 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2727 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2728 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2731 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2734 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2735 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2736 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2737 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2740 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2742 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2743 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2745 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2746 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2747 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2748 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2751 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2755 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2756 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2759 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2761 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2762 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2763 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2764 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2765 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2768 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2770 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2771 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2772 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2774 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2775 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2776 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2777 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2780 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2782 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2784 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2786 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2787 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2788 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2794 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2797 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2798 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2799 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2805 len
= strlen (name
);
2807 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2810 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2812 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2814 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2817 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2818 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2820 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2822 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2824 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2825 && (suffix_len
== -2
2826 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2832 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2834 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2835 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2845 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2846 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2849 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2850 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2852 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2853 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2856 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2857 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2860 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2861 bed
->special_sections
,
2867 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2870 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2871 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2874 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2879 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2883 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2885 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2886 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2887 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2889 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2892 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2896 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2899 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2900 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2901 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2903 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2904 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2905 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2908 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2909 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2912 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2915 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2917 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2918 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2919 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2920 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2922 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2923 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2924 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2925 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2926 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2927 of combined data+bss.
2929 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2930 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2931 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2932 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2933 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2938 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2939 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2941 const char *type_name
)
2949 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2950 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2951 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2953 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2955 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2956 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2957 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2960 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2961 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2962 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2964 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2965 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2966 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2967 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2968 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2969 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2970 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2972 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2973 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2974 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2976 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2978 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2981 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2983 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2987 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2991 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2992 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2993 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2996 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2997 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2998 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3000 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3001 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3002 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3003 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3004 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3005 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3006 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3007 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3008 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3010 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
3011 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
3012 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
3013 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
3014 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
3015 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
3016 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3018 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3019 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3020 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3022 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3023 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3030 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3032 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3033 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3034 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3040 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3042 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3044 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3047 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3050 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3052 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3053 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3057 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3060 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3063 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3065 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3074 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3076 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3077 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3081 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3084 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3087 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3088 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3089 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3093 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3097 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3099 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3101 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3102 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3105 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3109 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3111 const char *sec_name
,
3112 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3114 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3115 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3119 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3121 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3123 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3129 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3130 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3131 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3135 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3136 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3137 const char *sec_name
,
3138 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3139 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3141 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3142 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3144 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3145 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3146 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3148 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3149 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3150 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3153 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3154 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3155 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3156 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3157 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3158 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3159 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3160 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3161 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3166 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3169 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3171 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3172 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3174 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3177 struct fake_section_arg
3179 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3183 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3186 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3188 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3190 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3191 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3192 unsigned int sh_type
;
3193 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3194 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3198 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3203 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3207 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3208 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3209 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3213 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3215 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3217 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3218 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3219 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3220 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3223 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3225 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3226 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3228 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3229 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3233 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3234 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3242 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3244 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3245 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3246 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3247 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3248 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3249 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3254 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3259 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3260 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3264 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3266 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3273 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3275 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3276 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3277 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3279 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3281 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3282 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3283 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3284 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3285 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3288 /* xgettext:c-format */
3289 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3290 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3294 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3295 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3296 copy_private_section_data. */
3298 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3299 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3301 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3303 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3304 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3306 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3308 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3309 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3310 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3311 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3312 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3314 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3315 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3316 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3317 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3319 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3320 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3323 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3334 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3335 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3336 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3337 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3341 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3349 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3353 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3354 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3358 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3362 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3363 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3366 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3367 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3368 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3369 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3371 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3372 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3374 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3375 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3378 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3379 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3380 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3381 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3383 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3384 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3386 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3387 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3391 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3395 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3399 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3400 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3401 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3402 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3403 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3404 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3405 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3407 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3408 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3410 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3411 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3412 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3413 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3414 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3416 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3417 if (asect
->size
== 0
3418 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3420 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3422 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3425 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3426 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3427 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3431 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3432 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3434 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3435 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3436 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3437 create the other. */
3438 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3440 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3443 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3444 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3445 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3446 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3448 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3449 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3450 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3455 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3456 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3457 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3463 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3465 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3475 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3476 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3477 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3478 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3484 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3486 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3487 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3488 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3492 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3493 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3494 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3495 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3498 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3500 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3501 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3505 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3507 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3512 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3514 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3516 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3518 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3519 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3523 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3524 elf_section_syms. */
3525 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3526 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3528 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3530 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3532 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3533 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3534 set until all local symbols are output. */
3536 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3537 unsigned long symndx
;
3538 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3541 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3542 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3543 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3544 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3545 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3546 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3548 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3550 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3552 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3553 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3555 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3556 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3557 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3558 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3560 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3563 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3565 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3568 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3570 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3571 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3572 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3579 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3581 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3582 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3583 start of the input section group. */
3584 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3586 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3587 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3588 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3589 directives, not that it matters. */
3596 s
= s
->output_section
;
3598 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3600 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3601 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3603 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3605 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3606 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3608 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3610 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3612 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3614 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3615 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3617 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3619 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3622 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3624 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3630 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3635 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3636 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3637 relocations apply. */
3640 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3642 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3643 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3644 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3645 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3650 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3656 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3659 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3662 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3667 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3669 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3670 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3673 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3674 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3675 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3678 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3681 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3682 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3683 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3686 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3687 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3688 in here too, while we're at it. */
3691 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3693 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3695 unsigned int section_number
;
3696 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3697 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3698 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3703 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3705 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3706 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3708 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3710 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3711 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3713 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3715 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3717 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3719 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3720 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3721 abfd
->section_count
--;
3724 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3727 /* Count relocations. */
3728 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3731 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3732 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3733 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3736 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3738 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3740 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3741 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3742 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3743 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3746 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3747 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3748 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3755 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3756 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3757 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3763 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3764 || (link_info
== NULL
3765 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3769 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3770 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3771 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3773 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3775 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3777 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3778 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3779 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3781 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3782 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3783 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3786 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3787 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3790 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3791 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3792 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3794 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3796 /* xgettext:c-format */
3797 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3798 abfd
, section_number
);
3802 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3803 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3805 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3807 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3808 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3809 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3812 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3813 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3814 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3816 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3820 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3822 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3825 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3826 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3828 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3829 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3830 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3831 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3833 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3834 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3837 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3841 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3843 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3844 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3845 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3846 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3847 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3849 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3851 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3852 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3853 the relocation entries apply. */
3854 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3856 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3857 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3858 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3860 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3862 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3863 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3864 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3867 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3868 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3870 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3873 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3874 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3876 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3877 if (discarded_section (s
))
3881 /* xgettext:c-format */
3882 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3883 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3884 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3886 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3887 size as the discarded one. */
3888 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3891 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3897 s
= s
->output_section
;
3898 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3902 /* Handle objcopy. */
3903 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3906 /* xgettext:c-format */
3907 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3908 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3909 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3910 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3913 s
= s
->output_section
;
3915 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3920 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3921 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3922 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3924 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3925 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3926 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3927 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3928 /* xgettext:c-format */
3929 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3934 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3938 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3939 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3940 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3941 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3942 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3943 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3944 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3946 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3948 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3951 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3952 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3957 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3958 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3959 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3960 field to point to this section. */
3961 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3962 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3967 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3968 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3971 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3972 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3973 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3977 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3979 /* This is a .stab section. */
3980 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3981 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3982 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3989 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3990 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3991 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3992 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3994 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3996 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3999 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
4000 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
4001 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
4002 the version strings. */
4003 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
4004 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
4006 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4011 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
4012 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4013 this hash table or version table is for. */
4014 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4016 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4020 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4024 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4025 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4026 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4032 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4034 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4035 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4036 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4037 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4039 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4040 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4041 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4044 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4045 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4046 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4047 the beginning of that array.
4049 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4052 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4053 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4055 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4057 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4059 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4060 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4061 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4063 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4066 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4069 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4071 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4074 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4077 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4082 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4083 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4086 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4088 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4093 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4096 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4099 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4100 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4101 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4102 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4103 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4104 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4105 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4106 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4107 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4110 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4111 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4114 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4116 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4117 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4118 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4119 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4120 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4121 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4122 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4123 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4130 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4134 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4136 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4137 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4141 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4142 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4143 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4145 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4146 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4148 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4149 decided to output. */
4150 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4152 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4154 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4156 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4157 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4159 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4161 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4162 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4164 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4168 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4169 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4171 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4173 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4177 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4178 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4179 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4180 at least in that case. */
4181 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4183 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4185 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4192 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4193 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4194 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4195 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4198 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4200 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4203 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4204 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4205 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4210 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4212 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4214 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4216 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4219 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4220 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4223 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4225 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4229 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4231 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4235 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4236 ELF data structure. */
4238 static inline file_ptr
4239 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4241 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4244 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4245 required section alignment. */
4248 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4252 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4253 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4254 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4255 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4256 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4257 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4258 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4262 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4263 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4264 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4267 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4268 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4270 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4271 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4273 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4275 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4277 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4280 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4281 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4282 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4284 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4287 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4288 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4289 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4293 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4296 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4297 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4298 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4299 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4303 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4304 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4306 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4311 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4313 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4318 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4319 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4320 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4321 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4322 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4323 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4324 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4325 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4326 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4327 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4328 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4330 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4336 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4338 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4340 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4341 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4343 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4345 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4346 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4347 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4348 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4351 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4352 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4354 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4356 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4358 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4359 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4361 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4364 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4369 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4370 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4372 static bfd_size_type
4373 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4377 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4379 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4380 and one for data. */
4383 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4384 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4386 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4387 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4388 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4393 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4395 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4399 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4401 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4405 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4407 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4411 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4413 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4417 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4418 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4419 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4421 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4425 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4427 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4428 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4430 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4431 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4433 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4434 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4435 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4436 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4437 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4438 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4439 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4440 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4441 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4442 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4447 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4449 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4451 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4457 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4459 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4460 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4462 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4463 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4464 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4465 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4467 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4470 /* xgettext:c-format */
4471 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4472 "sh_info field: %d"),
4473 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4476 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4477 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4478 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4483 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4484 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4488 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4494 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4497 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4500 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4502 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4503 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4505 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4511 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4512 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4519 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4521 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4522 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4523 asection
**sections
,
4528 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4533 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4534 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4535 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4539 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4540 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4541 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4542 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4544 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4546 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4547 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4548 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4554 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4557 struct elf_segment_map
*
4558 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4560 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4562 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4563 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4567 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4569 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4574 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4577 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4578 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4579 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4581 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4582 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4584 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4585 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4586 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4587 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4589 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4592 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4594 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4596 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4597 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4598 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4600 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4604 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4606 if (remove_empty_load
4607 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4609 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4615 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4616 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4618 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4625 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4626 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4628 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4631 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4634 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4635 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4636 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4637 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4639 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4642 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4644 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4648 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4649 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4652 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4653 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4655 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4656 bfd_boolean writable
;
4657 bfd_boolean executable
;
4658 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4659 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4660 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4661 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4663 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4664 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
4666 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4668 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4669 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4670 if (sections
== NULL
)
4673 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4674 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4676 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4677 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4680 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4682 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4684 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4685 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4687 s
->target_index
= i
;
4690 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4691 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4692 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4695 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4698 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4700 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4701 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4702 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4703 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4704 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4705 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4707 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4709 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4710 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4711 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4712 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4713 been left for them. */
4714 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4716 /* Build the mapping. */
4720 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4721 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4723 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4724 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4726 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4727 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4731 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4733 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4734 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4735 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4739 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4740 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4744 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4752 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4753 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4754 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4760 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4762 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4765 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4766 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4768 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4769 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4770 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4771 program headers we will need. */
4772 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4775 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4777 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4779 && info
->separate_code
4780 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4782 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4783 thus not executable, and the first section is
4784 executable then put the file and program headers in
4785 their own PT_LOAD. */
4786 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4787 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4788 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4790 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4791 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4792 previous page if we can. */
4793 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4794 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4796 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4799 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4800 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4801 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4802 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4803 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4804 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4805 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4806 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4808 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4809 else if (separate_phdr
)
4811 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4814 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
;
4816 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4817 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4820 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4824 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4827 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4831 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4834 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4836 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4837 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4838 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4840 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4842 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4843 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4847 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4848 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4850 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4851 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4854 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4855 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4856 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4858 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4859 pages onto the same memory page. */
4860 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4862 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4863 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4864 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4865 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4866 section can be included in the current segment. */
4867 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4868 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4869 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4870 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4872 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4873 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4876 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4877 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4879 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4880 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4881 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4882 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4885 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4887 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4888 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4889 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4890 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4892 else if (info
!= NULL
4893 && info
->separate_code
4894 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4899 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4901 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4907 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4908 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4911 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4912 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4914 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4916 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4922 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4924 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4927 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4928 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4932 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4933 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4935 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4942 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4947 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4953 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4954 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4956 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4959 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4961 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4962 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4963 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4965 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4973 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4976 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4983 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4984 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4985 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4986 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4987 in the output file. */
4988 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4990 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4991 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4994 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4997 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4999 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5000 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5001 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5002 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
,
5009 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5010 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5011 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5015 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5019 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5020 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5023 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5024 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5028 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5034 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5035 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5039 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5042 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5043 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5044 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5049 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5050 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5052 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5054 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5056 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5059 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5062 while (i
< tls_count
)
5064 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5066 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5070 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5085 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5086 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5087 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5088 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5089 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5091 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5092 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5093 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5095 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5098 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5099 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5103 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5104 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5106 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5108 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5114 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5115 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5116 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5118 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5119 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5123 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5125 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5132 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5134 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5135 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5136 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5138 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5139 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5143 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5145 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5151 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5153 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5154 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5158 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5159 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5160 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5161 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5162 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5163 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5165 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5166 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5173 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5175 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5177 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5179 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5180 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5183 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5184 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5185 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5188 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5193 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5196 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5197 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5201 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5208 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5211 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5214 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5216 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5221 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5226 /* Sort sections by address. */
5229 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5231 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5232 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5233 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5235 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5236 place the section into a segment. */
5237 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5239 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5242 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5243 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5244 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5246 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5249 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5251 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5258 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5263 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5264 before others at the same address. */
5266 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5267 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5274 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5277 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5278 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5281 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5283 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5284 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5286 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5288 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5290 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5292 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5294 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5295 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5296 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5297 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5298 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5302 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5304 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5305 lma1
= m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5307 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5309 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5310 lma2
= m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5312 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5314 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5315 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5319 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5321 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5322 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5323 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5324 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5325 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5328 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5329 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5331 /* In other words, something like:
5333 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5334 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5335 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5336 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5338 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5340 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5343 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5345 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5346 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5348 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5352 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5355 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5360 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5361 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5362 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5363 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5364 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5365 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5367 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5368 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5372 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5373 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5374 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5380 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5385 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5387 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5390 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5395 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5396 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5400 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5401 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5404 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5405 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5406 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5407 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5409 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5410 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5412 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5414 if (link_info
== NULL
5415 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5419 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5424 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5425 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5429 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5430 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5431 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5434 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5436 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5439 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5443 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5444 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5445 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5446 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5451 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5455 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5456 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5457 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5458 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5459 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5461 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5462 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5463 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5464 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5465 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5466 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5467 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5471 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5473 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5474 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5475 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5476 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5477 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5478 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5480 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5481 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5483 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5484 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5485 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5490 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5494 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5495 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5497 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5498 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5499 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5500 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5501 position after the ELF file header. */
5502 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5503 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5505 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5506 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5508 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5514 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5515 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5517 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5521 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5523 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5524 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5525 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5526 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5527 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5528 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5530 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5531 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5534 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5536 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5538 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5539 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5540 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5543 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5545 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5546 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5548 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5549 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5550 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5551 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5552 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5553 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5554 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5556 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5557 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5559 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5561 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5562 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5563 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5564 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5566 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5568 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5570 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5573 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5575 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5578 bfd_size_type align
;
5579 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5581 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5585 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5587 unsigned int secalign
;
5589 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5590 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5591 align_power
= secalign
;
5593 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5594 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5595 align
= maxpagesize
;
5598 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5599 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5600 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5601 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5602 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5603 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5605 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5608 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5609 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5611 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5615 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5617 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5618 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5621 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5622 && bed
->no_page_alias
5623 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5624 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5625 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5629 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5630 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5631 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5632 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5633 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5634 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5635 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5636 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5641 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5642 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5643 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5645 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5648 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5649 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5654 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5655 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5656 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5657 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5659 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5661 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5663 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5664 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5665 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5669 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5670 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5671 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5674 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5675 " try linking with -N"),
5677 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5681 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5685 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5687 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5688 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5689 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5690 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5694 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5696 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5698 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5699 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5700 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5702 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5704 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5707 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5708 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5709 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5712 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5714 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5715 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0;
5716 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5717 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5718 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5719 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5720 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5721 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5724 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5728 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5729 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5731 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5736 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5737 without file contents somewhere within the first
5738 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5739 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5740 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5744 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5751 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5753 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5754 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5758 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5759 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5760 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5761 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5762 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5763 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5766 bfd_size_type align
;
5767 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5770 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5771 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5773 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5774 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5775 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5776 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5777 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5778 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5780 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5781 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5782 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5783 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5787 || p_end
< p_start
))
5790 /* xgettext:c-format */
5791 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5792 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5796 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5798 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5800 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5802 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5804 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5805 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5807 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5808 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5813 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5817 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5819 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5823 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5824 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5825 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5831 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5840 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5842 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5843 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5844 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5846 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5847 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5848 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5850 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5851 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5852 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5853 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5854 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5855 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5857 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5859 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5862 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5864 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5865 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5866 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5867 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5868 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5869 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5871 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5873 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5874 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5876 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5878 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5879 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5882 if (align
> p
->p_align
5883 && !m
->p_align_valid
5884 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5885 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5889 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5892 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5894 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5901 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5902 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5903 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5904 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5905 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5906 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5908 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5909 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5910 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5912 " by LOAD segment"),
5914 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5916 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5917 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5918 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5921 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5922 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5923 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5925 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5927 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5928 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5929 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5930 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5931 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5932 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5934 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5939 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5941 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5944 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5945 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5946 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5947 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5950 /* xgettext:c-format */
5951 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5953 print_segment_map (m
);
5959 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5961 if (link_info
!= NULL
5962 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5963 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5965 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5966 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5967 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5970 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5971 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5972 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5974 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5975 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5976 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5977 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5980 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
;
5982 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
5983 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5984 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
5986 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5987 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5988 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
5996 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5997 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6001 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6002 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6005 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6006 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6014 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6015 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6016 use heuristics instead. */
6019 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6021 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6024 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6025 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6026 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6028 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6032 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6033 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6034 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6035 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6036 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6043 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6044 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6047 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6048 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6050 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6051 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6053 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6054 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6055 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6058 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6059 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6060 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6061 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6066 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6067 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6068 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6069 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6070 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6071 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6073 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6074 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6075 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6076 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6077 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6078 so do not warn about them. */
6079 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6081 /* xgettext:c-format */
6082 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6084 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6086 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6087 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6088 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6089 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6092 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6094 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6097 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6098 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6099 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6100 not been decided. */
6101 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6102 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6103 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6104 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6105 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6106 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6107 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6108 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6109 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6110 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6112 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6114 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6116 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6117 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6118 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6119 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6121 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6126 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6128 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6129 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6130 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6131 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6132 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6134 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6136 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6138 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6139 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
6150 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6151 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6154 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6156 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6158 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6160 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6162 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6163 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6164 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
6166 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6172 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6173 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6175 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6184 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
6185 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
6186 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6187 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6188 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6190 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6191 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6192 In cases where the end does not match any
6193 loaded section (for instance is in file
6194 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6195 the end of loaded section contents. */
6196 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6197 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6199 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6200 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6201 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6202 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6203 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6205 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6207 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6213 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6216 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6218 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6220 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6221 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6223 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6227 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6228 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6229 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6231 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6232 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6233 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6239 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6241 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6243 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6244 "and/or program header"),
6245 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6250 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6251 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6253 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6254 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6255 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6257 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6269 static elf_section_list
*
6270 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6272 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6278 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6279 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6280 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6282 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6283 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6284 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6285 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6286 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6287 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6288 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6289 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6291 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6294 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6295 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6297 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6298 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6299 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6302 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6303 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6305 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6306 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6311 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6312 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6314 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6315 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6316 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6317 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6322 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6323 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6324 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6326 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6327 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6328 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6329 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6330 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6331 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6332 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6333 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6334 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6336 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6339 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6342 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6343 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6347 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6348 assignment of sections to segments. */
6349 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6352 /* And for non-load sections. */
6353 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6357 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6360 /* Write out the program headers. */
6361 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6364 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6365 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6373 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6374 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6376 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6377 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6380 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6382 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6383 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6386 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6388 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6389 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6390 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6391 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6393 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6394 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6395 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6396 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6398 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6399 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6400 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6401 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6402 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6403 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6405 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6407 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6409 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6410 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6413 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6414 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6415 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6416 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6417 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6418 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6419 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6420 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6422 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6425 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6426 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6428 /* No program header, for now. */
6429 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6431 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6433 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6435 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6437 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6438 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6439 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6440 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6441 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6442 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6443 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6444 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6445 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6451 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6453 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6454 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6455 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6456 changed or the programs updated. */
6459 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6461 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6463 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6464 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6465 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6466 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6467 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6469 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6470 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6471 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6472 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6473 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6475 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6476 segments is non-zero. */
6478 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6483 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6484 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6487 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6490 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6491 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6492 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6493 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6495 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6497 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6498 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6499 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6502 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6504 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6505 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6506 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6507 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6510 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6512 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6514 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6515 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6517 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6518 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6522 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6523 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6525 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6526 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6528 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6529 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6533 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6534 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6537 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6539 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6541 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6543 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6548 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6553 /* Update section size and contents. */
6554 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6555 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6556 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6560 /* Update section size and contents. */
6561 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6562 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6565 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6572 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6574 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6575 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6576 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6577 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6579 /* Place the section headers. */
6580 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6581 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6582 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6583 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6584 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6585 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6591 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6593 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6596 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6597 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6599 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6600 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6602 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6603 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6604 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6605 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6607 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6608 already been written to the BFD. */
6609 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6611 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6615 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6618 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6622 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6625 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6626 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6627 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6629 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6630 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6631 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6632 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6633 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6635 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6637 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6639 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6640 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6645 /* Write out the section header names. */
6646 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6647 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6648 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6649 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6652 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6655 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6658 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6659 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6660 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6666 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6668 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6669 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6672 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6675 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6677 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6678 unsigned int sec_index
;
6680 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6681 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6682 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6684 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6685 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6686 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6687 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6688 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6689 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6691 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6693 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6694 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6696 int retval
= sec_index
;
6698 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6702 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6703 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6708 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6712 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6714 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6716 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6718 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6719 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6720 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6721 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6722 input sections rather than the output section. */
6723 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6724 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6725 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6730 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6731 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6732 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6733 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6734 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6735 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6736 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6739 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6743 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6744 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6746 /* xgettext:c-format */
6747 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6748 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6749 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6756 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6757 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6765 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6768 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6770 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6771 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6772 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6773 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6774 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6777 unsigned int num_segments
;
6778 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6779 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6780 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6781 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6782 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6783 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6785 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6786 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6789 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6791 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6792 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6794 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6795 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6796 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6797 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6799 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6800 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6801 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6802 ? section->size : 0)
6804 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6805 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6806 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6807 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6808 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6809 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6811 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6812 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6813 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6814 (section->lma >= base \
6815 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) >= section->lma) \
6816 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6817 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6819 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6820 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6821 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6822 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6823 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6824 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6825 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6827 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6829 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6831 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6835 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6836 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6837 p_memsz set to 0. */
6838 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6840 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6841 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6842 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6843 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6845 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6846 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6847 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6849 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6850 A section will be included if:
6851 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6852 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6853 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6855 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6856 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6857 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6858 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6859 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6860 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6861 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6862 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6863 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6864 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6865 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6866 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6867 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6868 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6869 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6870 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6871 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6872 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6873 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6874 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6875 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6876 || (segment->p_paddr \
6877 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6878 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6879 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6880 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6882 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6883 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6884 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6885 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6886 && section->output_section != NULL)
6888 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6889 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6890 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6892 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6893 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6894 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6895 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6896 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6898 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6899 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6900 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6901 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6902 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6904 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6905 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6906 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6908 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6909 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6910 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6911 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6912 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6913 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6916 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6918 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6922 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6923 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6924 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6925 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6926 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6931 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6933 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6934 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6935 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6937 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6938 assignment code will work. */
6939 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6943 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6945 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6946 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6947 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6951 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6952 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6954 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6956 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6957 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6960 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6961 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6963 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6965 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6966 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6968 if (extra_length
> 0)
6970 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6971 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6974 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6976 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6978 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6983 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6985 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6986 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6988 if (extra_length
> 0)
6990 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6991 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6994 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6999 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7000 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7004 unsigned int section_count
;
7005 asection
**sections
;
7006 asection
*output_section
;
7008 asection
*matching_lma
;
7009 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7012 asection
*first_section
;
7014 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7017 first_section
= NULL
;
7018 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7019 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7021 section
= section
->next
)
7023 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7024 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7025 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7027 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7028 first_section
= section
;
7029 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7034 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7035 all of the sections we have selected. */
7036 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7037 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7038 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7042 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7043 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7045 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7046 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7047 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7049 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7050 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7052 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7054 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7055 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7058 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7059 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7060 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7061 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7062 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7064 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7066 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7067 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7068 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7069 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7070 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7072 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7073 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7076 if (section_count
== 0)
7078 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7079 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7080 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7081 a warning is produced.
7082 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7083 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7084 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7085 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7086 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7087 /* xgettext:c-format */
7089 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7090 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7091 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7093 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7095 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7096 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7101 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7102 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7103 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7104 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7106 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7107 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7110 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7111 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7112 of the first section.
7114 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7115 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7116 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7117 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7118 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7120 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7121 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7122 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7123 or segments to contain the other sections.
7125 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7126 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7127 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7129 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7130 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7131 if (sections
== NULL
)
7134 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7135 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7136 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7137 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7138 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7141 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7142 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7144 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7146 section
= section
->next
)
7148 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7150 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7152 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7154 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7155 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7156 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7157 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7159 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7160 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7162 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7163 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7164 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7165 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7166 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7167 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7169 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7170 == output_section
->vma
))
7171 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7173 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7174 LMA address of the output section. */
7175 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7176 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7177 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7178 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
7180 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7181 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7182 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7184 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7185 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7187 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7189 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7190 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7192 if (j
== section_count
)
7197 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7199 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7201 if (isec
== section_count
)
7203 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7204 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7205 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7206 program header in the input BFD. */
7207 map
->count
= section_count
;
7208 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7209 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7212 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7214 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7215 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7216 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7217 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7218 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7220 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7222 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
- matching_lma
->lma
;
7230 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7231 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7232 section fitted, the first section. */
7233 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7234 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7236 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7238 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7239 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7240 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7242 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7244 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7245 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7246 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7247 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7248 offset when we know the correct value. */
7249 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7250 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7253 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7255 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7256 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7257 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7258 first section lma, but there may have been some
7259 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7260 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7261 the same alignment. */
7262 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7263 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7264 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7268 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7269 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7270 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7271 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7272 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7273 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7279 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7281 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7282 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7284 section
= sections
[j
];
7286 if (section
== NULL
)
7289 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7291 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7293 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7294 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7296 if (map
->count
== 0)
7298 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7299 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7301 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7302 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7303 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7304 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7305 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7307 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7308 != output_section
->lma
)
7315 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7317 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7318 and the start of this section is more than
7319 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7320 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7322 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7323 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7324 > output_section
->lma
))
7326 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7327 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7333 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7336 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7337 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7339 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7340 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7343 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7344 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7345 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7346 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7347 So allow a count of zero. */
7349 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7350 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7351 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7353 if (isec
< section_count
)
7355 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7356 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7357 and carry on looping. */
7358 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7359 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7360 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7367 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7368 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7369 not yet been assigned. */
7371 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7372 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7373 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7374 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7375 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7376 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7377 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7382 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7386 while (isec
< section_count
);
7391 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7393 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7394 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7395 the offset if necessary. */
7396 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7400 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7403 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7404 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7405 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7407 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7408 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7411 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7412 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7419 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7420 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7422 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7423 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7424 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7425 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7426 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7427 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7431 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7434 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7436 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7437 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7438 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7439 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7440 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7442 unsigned int num_segments
;
7443 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7444 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7446 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7449 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7451 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7452 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7453 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7454 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7455 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7458 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7460 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7464 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7469 unsigned int section_count
;
7471 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7472 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7473 asection
*lowest_section
;
7475 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7476 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7478 section
= section
->next
)
7480 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7481 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7483 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7484 first_section
= section
;
7489 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7490 all of the sections we have selected. */
7491 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7492 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7493 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7497 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7500 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7501 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7502 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7503 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7504 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7505 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7506 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7507 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7509 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7510 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7512 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7513 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7514 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7515 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7516 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7518 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7519 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7522 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7523 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7524 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7525 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7527 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7528 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7530 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7531 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7532 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7533 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7534 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7536 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7537 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7540 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7541 if (section_count
!= 0)
7543 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7545 for (section
= first_section
;
7547 section
= section
->next
)
7549 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7550 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7552 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7553 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7557 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7558 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7559 lowest_section
= section
;
7561 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7562 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7563 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7564 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7566 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7567 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7569 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7570 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7571 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7573 if (isec
== section_count
)
7579 if (section_count
== 0)
7580 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7581 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7583 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7584 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7585 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7586 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7587 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7588 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7590 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= (map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
7591 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7594 map
->count
= section_count
;
7595 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7596 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7599 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7603 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7607 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7609 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7610 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7613 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7616 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7618 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7619 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7620 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7621 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7622 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7624 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7626 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7628 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7629 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7632 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7633 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7634 section
= section
->next
)
7635 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7637 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7638 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7642 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7643 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7644 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7645 map in this case. */
7646 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7647 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7648 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7651 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7652 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7654 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7655 from the input BFD. */
7656 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7658 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7660 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7661 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7662 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7664 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7665 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7667 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7668 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7669 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7670 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7671 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7672 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7678 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7680 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7681 section
= section
->next
)
7683 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7686 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7689 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7693 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7695 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7696 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7697 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7699 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7700 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7702 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7705 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7706 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7708 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7709 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7710 /* xgettext:c-format */
7711 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7712 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7713 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7715 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7718 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7719 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7722 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7725 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7728 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7732 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7735 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7736 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7737 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7739 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7740 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7743 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7745 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7746 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7747 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7748 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7749 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7750 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7751 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7752 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7753 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7754 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7755 are different the user may be doing something like
7756 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7757 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7758 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7759 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7761 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7762 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7763 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7765 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7766 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7767 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7769 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7770 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7771 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7772 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7773 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7775 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7776 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7777 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7778 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7779 if ((link_info
== NULL
7780 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7781 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7782 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7784 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7785 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7786 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7787 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7790 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7791 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7792 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7795 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7797 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7798 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7799 may be NULL at this point. */
7800 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7802 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7803 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7804 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7807 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7812 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7813 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7816 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7821 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7823 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7824 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7827 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7828 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7830 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7832 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7833 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7834 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7835 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7836 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7838 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7842 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7843 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7844 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7845 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7846 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7850 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7854 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7855 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7857 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7858 asection
*s
= first
;
7859 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7863 /* If this member section is being output but the
7864 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7865 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7866 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7867 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7869 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7870 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7872 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7873 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7874 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7875 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7877 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7879 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7880 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7882 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7883 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7886 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7892 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7894 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7895 adjust the input section size. */
7896 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7897 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7898 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7899 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7902 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7907 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7909 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7910 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7912 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7913 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7922 /* Copy private header information. */
7925 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7927 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7928 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7931 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7932 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7933 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7934 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7935 already been worked out. */
7936 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7938 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7942 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7945 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7946 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7947 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7948 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7949 swap_out_syms function. */
7951 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7952 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7953 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7954 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7955 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7958 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7963 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7965 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7966 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7969 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7970 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7973 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7975 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7979 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7980 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7981 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7982 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7983 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7984 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7986 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7987 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7988 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7989 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7990 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7996 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7999 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8000 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8003 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8004 unsigned int symcount
;
8006 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8008 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8009 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8010 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8011 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8012 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8013 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8014 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8016 unsigned int num_locals
;
8018 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8020 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8023 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8024 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8028 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8029 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8030 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8031 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8032 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8033 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8034 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8035 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8037 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8038 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8040 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8041 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8042 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8044 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8045 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8049 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8050 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8053 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8056 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8059 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8060 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8062 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8063 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8065 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8067 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8068 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8070 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8071 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8073 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8074 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8077 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8078 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8079 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8080 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8081 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8083 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8086 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8088 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8089 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8095 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8096 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8097 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8098 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8099 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8100 outbound_syms_index
++;
8101 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8102 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8106 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8107 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8109 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8110 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8112 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8113 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8114 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8115 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8118 if (!name_local_sections
8119 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8121 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8122 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8126 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8127 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8129 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8131 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8135 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8137 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8138 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8140 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8141 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8142 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8143 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8144 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8145 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8146 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8148 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8149 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8150 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8154 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8157 if (sec
->output_section
)
8159 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8160 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8163 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8164 if (! relocatable_p
)
8166 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8167 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8169 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8171 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8173 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8174 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8175 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8176 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8180 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8183 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8186 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8189 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8192 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8193 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8200 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8202 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8203 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8204 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8208 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8209 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8210 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8219 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8221 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8225 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8226 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8227 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8228 demand of applications. For example, it
8229 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8230 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8231 actually in the output file. */
8232 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8234 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8235 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8237 /* xgettext:c-format */
8239 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8240 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8241 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8249 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8252 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8254 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8255 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8256 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8258 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8260 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8262 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8267 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8270 /* Processor-specific types. */
8271 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8272 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8273 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8274 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8276 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8278 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8279 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8281 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8283 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8285 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8287 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8288 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8289 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8291 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8292 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8294 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8296 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8297 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8301 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8302 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8305 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8307 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8309 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8310 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8311 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8313 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8316 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8319 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8321 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8322 sym
.st_target_internal
8323 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8328 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8332 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8333 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8334 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8336 outbound_syms_index
++;
8337 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8338 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8341 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8342 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8344 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8345 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8347 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8348 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8349 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8351 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8352 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8353 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8355 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8356 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8358 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8359 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8364 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8365 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8366 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8367 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8368 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8369 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8370 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8371 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8376 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8378 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8379 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8380 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8383 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8385 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8387 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8389 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8390 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8395 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8397 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8403 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8405 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8407 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8409 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8411 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8415 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8416 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8418 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8421 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8423 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8429 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8432 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8433 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8435 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8439 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8442 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8445 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8452 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8454 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8457 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8458 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8459 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8463 return section
->reloc_count
;
8467 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8469 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8470 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8473 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8478 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8479 asymbol
**allocation
)
8481 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8482 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8485 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8489 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8490 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8491 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8492 dynamic reloc section. */
8495 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8497 bfd_size_type count
;
8500 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8502 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8507 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8508 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8509 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8510 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8512 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8513 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8515 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8519 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8522 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8523 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8524 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8525 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8526 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8527 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8528 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8531 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8535 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8539 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8541 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8545 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8547 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8549 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8550 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8551 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8556 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8558 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8560 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8571 /* Read in the version information. */
8574 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8576 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8577 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8580 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8583 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8584 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8586 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8588 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8590 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8591 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8593 error_return_bad_verref
:
8595 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8596 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8597 error_return_verref
:
8598 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8603 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8604 goto error_return_verref
;
8605 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8606 if (contents
== NULL
)
8607 goto error_return_verref
;
8609 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8611 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8612 goto error_return_verref
;
8614 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8615 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8616 goto error_return_verref
;
8618 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8619 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8620 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8621 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8622 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8623 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8625 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8626 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8629 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8631 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8633 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8634 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8636 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8637 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8639 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8640 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8643 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8644 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8647 goto error_return_verref
;
8649 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8650 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8651 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8652 goto error_return_verref
;
8655 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8656 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8657 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8659 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8660 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8661 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8662 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8664 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8666 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8667 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8668 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8669 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8670 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8672 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8673 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8675 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8676 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8678 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8681 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8682 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8684 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8685 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8686 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8688 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8689 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8692 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8693 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8695 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8696 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8698 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8699 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8700 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8702 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8703 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8705 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8711 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8713 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8714 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8715 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8716 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8717 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8719 unsigned int maxidx
;
8720 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8722 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8724 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8726 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8728 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8730 error_return_verdef
:
8731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8736 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8737 goto error_return_verdef
;
8738 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8739 if (contents
== NULL
)
8740 goto error_return_verdef
;
8742 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8743 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8744 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8745 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8746 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8747 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8749 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8750 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8752 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8754 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8756 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8758 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8759 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8760 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8761 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8763 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8766 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8767 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8768 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8770 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8771 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8774 if (default_imported_symver
)
8776 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8781 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8783 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8784 goto error_return_verdef
;
8786 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8787 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8788 goto error_return_verdef
;
8790 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8792 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8793 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8794 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8796 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8797 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8800 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8802 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8803 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8805 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8806 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8808 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8810 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8811 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8814 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8815 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8817 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8818 goto error_return_verdef
;
8820 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8821 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8822 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8823 goto error_return_verdef
;
8827 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8828 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8830 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8831 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8832 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8833 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8835 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8837 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8838 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8839 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8840 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8841 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8843 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8844 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8846 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8849 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8850 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8852 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8853 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8854 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8856 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8857 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8860 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8861 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8862 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8864 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8865 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8867 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8868 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8870 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8871 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8877 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8884 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8886 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8889 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8890 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8896 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8897 if (default_imported_symver
)
8899 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8900 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8902 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8904 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8905 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8906 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8907 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8909 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8911 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8912 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8913 goto error_return_verdef
;
8914 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8915 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8916 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8917 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8918 goto error_return_verdef
;
8920 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8921 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8927 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8933 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8935 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8937 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8940 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8941 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8945 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8949 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8952 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8953 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8957 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8960 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8961 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8964 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8965 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8966 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8969 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8970 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8971 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8972 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8973 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8974 we treat such symbols as local. */
8975 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8978 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8979 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8980 These labels have the form:
8982 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8984 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8986 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8987 so we only need to match the rest. */
8988 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8990 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8994 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8996 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8998 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8999 /* A fake symbol. */
9002 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9003 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9004 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9005 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9006 other than some kind of local ? */
9023 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9024 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9031 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9032 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9033 unsigned long machine
)
9035 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9036 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9037 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9038 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9039 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9042 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9045 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9046 for error reporting. */
9049 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9053 const char **filename_ptr
,
9054 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9055 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9056 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9060 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9061 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9062 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9063 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9064 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9067 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9068 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9070 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9071 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9072 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9077 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9078 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9079 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9080 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9082 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9085 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9088 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9089 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9096 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9099 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9100 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9102 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9103 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9104 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9105 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9108 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9109 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9110 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9111 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9112 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9115 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9116 const char **filename_ptr
,
9117 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9118 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9121 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9122 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9123 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9128 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9130 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9131 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9133 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9135 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9137 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9139 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9142 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9143 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9146 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9149 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9157 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9159 const void *location
,
9161 bfd_size_type count
)
9163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9166 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9167 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9173 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9174 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9176 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9177 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9181 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
9182 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9183 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
9184 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
9185 || contents
== NULL
)
9187 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9190 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9191 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9192 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9199 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9200 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9201 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9207 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9210 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9212 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9214 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9216 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9217 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9219 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9220 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9222 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9224 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9227 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9230 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9233 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9236 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9239 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9242 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9248 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9250 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9252 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9253 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9255 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9260 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9266 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9269 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9272 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9275 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9278 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9284 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9288 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9296 /* xgettext:c-format */
9297 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9298 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9304 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9306 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9307 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9309 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9310 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9311 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9314 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9317 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9318 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9319 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9322 bfd_reloc_status_type
9323 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9324 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9325 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9326 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9327 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9329 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9332 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9333 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9334 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9335 out details about the corefile. */
9337 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9338 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9339 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9340 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9343 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9344 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9347 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9351 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9353 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9358 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9359 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9360 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9364 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9368 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9371 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9375 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9376 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9377 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9381 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9382 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9383 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9384 such a section already exists.
9385 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9386 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9387 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9389 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9395 char *threaded_name
;
9399 /* Build the section name. */
9401 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9402 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9403 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9404 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9406 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9408 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9413 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9414 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9416 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9420 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9423 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9429 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9430 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9431 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9436 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9438 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9442 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9445 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9450 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9454 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9455 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9456 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9458 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9459 has already been set by another thread. */
9460 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9461 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9462 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9463 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9465 /* pr_who exists on:
9468 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9471 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9472 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9474 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9477 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9478 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9480 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9481 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9483 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9484 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9485 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9487 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9488 has already been set by another thread. */
9489 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9491 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9494 /* pr_who exists on:
9497 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9500 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9501 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9503 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9506 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9509 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9510 note size (ie. data object type). */
9514 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9515 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9516 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9518 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9520 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9522 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9524 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9526 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9527 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9530 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9531 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9532 data structure apart. */
9535 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9537 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9540 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9541 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9545 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9547 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9550 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9551 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9552 contents literally. */
9555 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9557 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9561 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9563 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9567 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9569 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9573 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9575 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9579 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9581 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9585 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9587 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9591 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9593 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9597 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9599 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9603 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9605 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9609 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9611 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9615 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9617 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9621 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9623 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9627 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9629 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9633 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9635 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9639 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9641 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9645 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9647 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9651 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9653 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9657 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9659 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9663 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9665 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9669 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9671 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9675 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9677 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9681 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9683 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9687 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9689 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9693 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9695 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9699 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9701 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9705 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9707 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9711 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9713 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9717 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9719 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9723 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9725 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9729 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9731 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9735 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9737 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9741 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9743 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9747 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9749 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9753 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9755 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9759 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9761 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9764 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9765 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9766 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9767 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9771 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9772 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9773 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9774 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9778 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9779 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9780 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9783 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9786 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9794 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9798 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9804 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9806 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9808 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9810 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9812 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9814 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9815 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9818 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9819 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9822 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9823 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9825 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9826 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9828 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9829 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9831 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9833 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9836 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9837 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9838 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9840 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9841 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9842 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9848 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9849 note size (ie. data object type). */
9853 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9854 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9855 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9858 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9859 int n
= strlen (command
);
9861 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9862 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9867 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9869 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9871 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9873 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9874 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9875 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9881 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9885 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9886 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9888 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9891 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9896 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9897 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9898 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9902 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9904 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9906 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9908 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9914 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9915 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9916 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9921 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9923 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9924 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9926 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9927 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9929 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9931 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9932 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9933 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9936 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9938 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9942 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9943 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9944 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9945 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9948 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9949 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9950 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9953 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9955 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9958 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9960 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9961 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9962 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9965 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9967 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9971 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9972 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9973 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9974 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9977 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9978 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9979 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9982 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9984 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9986 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9989 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9996 int is_active_thread
;
9999 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
10002 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10005 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10009 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
10010 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10011 /* process_info.pid */
10012 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10013 /* process_info.signal */
10014 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10017 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
10018 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10019 /* thread_info.tid */
10020 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
10022 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10023 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10027 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10029 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10033 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10035 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10036 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10037 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10039 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10040 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10042 if (is_active_thread
)
10043 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10047 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
10048 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10049 /* module_info.base_address */
10050 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10051 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10053 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10054 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10058 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10060 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10065 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10066 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10067 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10078 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10080 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10082 switch (note
->type
)
10088 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10089 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10091 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10092 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10097 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10099 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10102 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10104 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10107 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10108 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10110 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10111 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10113 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10114 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10115 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10116 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10120 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10121 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10122 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10123 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10128 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10129 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10130 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10135 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10136 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10137 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10142 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10143 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10144 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10149 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10150 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10151 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10156 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10157 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10158 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10163 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10164 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10165 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10170 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10171 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10172 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10176 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10177 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10178 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10179 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10183 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10184 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10185 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10186 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10190 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10191 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10192 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10193 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10197 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10198 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10199 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10200 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10204 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10205 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10206 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10207 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10211 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10212 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10213 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10214 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10218 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10219 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10220 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10221 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10225 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10226 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10227 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10228 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10232 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10233 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10234 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10235 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10239 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10240 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10241 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10242 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10246 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10247 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10248 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10249 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10253 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10254 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10255 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10256 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10261 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10262 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10263 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10267 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10268 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10269 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10270 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10274 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10275 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10276 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10277 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10281 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10282 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10283 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10284 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10289 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10290 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10291 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10295 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10296 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10297 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10298 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10302 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10303 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10304 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10305 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10309 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10310 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10311 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10312 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10316 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10317 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10318 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10319 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10324 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10325 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10326 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10331 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10332 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10333 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10337 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10338 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10339 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10340 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10344 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10345 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10346 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10347 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10352 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10353 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10354 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10358 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10359 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10360 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10361 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10367 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10368 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10370 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10371 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10377 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10380 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10384 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10391 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10393 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10395 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10398 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10399 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10402 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10403 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10404 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10410 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10412 switch (note
->type
)
10417 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10418 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10420 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10421 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10426 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10428 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10429 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10430 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10432 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10433 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10434 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10436 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10442 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10444 switch (note
->type
)
10447 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10455 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10459 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10462 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10467 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10475 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10476 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10481 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10482 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10486 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10490 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10491 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10492 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10495 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10496 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10497 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10500 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10503 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10504 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10507 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10508 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10514 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10520 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10521 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10522 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10526 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10530 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10531 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10538 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10541 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10542 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10545 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10546 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10547 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10549 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10554 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10558 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10561 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10562 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10563 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10564 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10567 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10568 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10569 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10572 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10573 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10576 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10577 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10580 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10581 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10582 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10586 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10588 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10590 switch (note
->type
)
10593 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10594 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10596 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10599 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10602 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10604 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10605 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10606 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10610 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10611 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10614 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10615 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10618 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10619 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10622 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10623 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10625 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10626 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10627 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10631 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10632 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10636 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10644 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10648 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10651 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10658 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10660 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10663 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10665 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10667 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10669 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10671 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10673 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10675 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10680 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10684 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10685 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10687 switch (note
->type
)
10689 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10690 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10691 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10692 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10693 creates a core file. */
10694 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10695 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10696 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10697 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10698 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10704 /* As of March 2017 there are no other machine-independent notes
10705 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10706 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10709 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10713 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10715 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10716 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10718 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10719 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10720 switch (note
->type
)
10722 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10725 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10726 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10732 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10733 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10734 structure which lacks GBR. */
10737 switch (note
->type
)
10739 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10740 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10742 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10743 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10749 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10750 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10753 switch (note
->type
)
10755 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10756 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10758 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10759 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10769 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10771 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10774 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10775 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10776 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10778 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10779 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10780 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10782 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10783 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10784 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10790 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10792 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10793 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10795 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10796 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10798 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10799 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10801 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10802 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10804 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10805 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10807 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10809 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10814 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10815 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10816 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10825 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10827 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10834 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10837 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10838 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10840 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10841 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10843 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10844 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10846 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10847 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10849 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10850 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10853 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10854 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10855 thread just in case. */
10856 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10857 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10859 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10860 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10862 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10865 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10867 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10871 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10872 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10873 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10875 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10879 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10880 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10888 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10889 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10891 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10894 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10896 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10900 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10901 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10902 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10904 /* This is the current thread. */
10905 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10906 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10911 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10912 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10913 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10914 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10917 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10919 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10920 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10922 static long tid
= 1;
10924 switch (note
->type
)
10926 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10927 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10928 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10929 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10930 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10931 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10932 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10933 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10940 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10946 /* Use note name as section name. */
10947 len
= note
->namesz
;
10948 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10951 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10952 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10954 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10958 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10959 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10960 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10965 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10968 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10972 size of data for note
10974 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10975 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10976 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10977 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10980 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10983 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10991 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10998 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11000 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11002 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11005 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11006 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11007 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11008 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11009 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11010 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11014 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11022 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11032 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11033 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11034 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11035 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11036 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11037 be NULL terminated.
11038 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11039 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11040 the finer control available with later versions.
11041 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11042 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11043 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11044 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11045 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11046 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11047 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11050 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11054 const char *psargs
)
11056 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11058 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11061 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11062 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11067 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11068 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11069 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11071 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11073 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11076 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11079 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11080 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11081 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11082 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11083 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11088 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11090 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11093 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11096 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11097 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11098 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11099 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11100 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11102 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11107 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11108 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11112 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11113 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11114 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11116 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11118 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11120 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11121 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11122 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11126 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11128 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11129 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11130 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11135 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11136 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11137 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11139 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11141 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11143 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11144 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11145 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11149 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11151 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11152 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11153 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11158 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11165 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11167 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11170 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11172 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11177 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11178 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11179 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11181 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11183 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11184 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11185 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11186 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11187 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11188 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11195 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11196 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11197 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11198 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11199 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11200 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11202 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11208 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11210 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11217 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11218 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11220 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11221 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11222 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11223 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11224 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11225 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11226 #if !defined(gregs)
11227 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11228 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11230 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11231 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11234 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11235 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11237 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11239 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11241 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11245 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11246 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11248 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11249 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11252 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11256 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11257 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11258 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11259 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11267 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11268 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11269 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11270 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11274 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11277 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11280 const void *fpregs
,
11283 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11284 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11285 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11289 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11292 const void *xfpregs
,
11295 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11296 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11297 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11301 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11302 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11305 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11306 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11308 note_name
= "LINUX";
11309 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11310 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11314 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11317 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11320 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11321 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11322 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11326 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11329 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11332 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11333 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11334 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11338 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11341 const void *ppc_tar
,
11344 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11345 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11346 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11350 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11353 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11356 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11357 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11358 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11362 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11365 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11368 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11369 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11370 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11374 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11377 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11380 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11381 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11382 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11386 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11389 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11392 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11393 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11394 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11398 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11401 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11404 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11405 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11406 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11410 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11413 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11416 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11417 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11418 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11422 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11425 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11428 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11429 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11430 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11434 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11437 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11440 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11441 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11442 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11446 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11449 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11452 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11453 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11454 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11458 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11461 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11464 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11465 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11466 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11470 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11473 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11476 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11477 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11478 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11482 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11485 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11488 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11489 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11490 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11494 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11497 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11500 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11501 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11502 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11503 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11507 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11510 const void *s390_timer
,
11513 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11514 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11515 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11519 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11522 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11525 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11526 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11527 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11531 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11534 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11537 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11538 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11539 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11543 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11546 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11549 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11550 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11551 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11555 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11558 const void *s390_prefix
,
11561 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11562 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11563 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11567 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11570 const void *s390_last_break
,
11573 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11574 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11575 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11576 s390_last_break
, size
);
11580 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11583 const void *s390_system_call
,
11586 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11587 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11588 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11589 s390_system_call
, size
);
11593 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11596 const void *s390_tdb
,
11599 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11600 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11601 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11605 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11608 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11611 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11612 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11613 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11617 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11620 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11623 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11624 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11625 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11626 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11630 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11633 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11636 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11637 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11638 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11643 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11646 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11649 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11650 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11651 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11656 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11659 const void *arm_vfp
,
11662 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11663 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11664 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11668 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11671 const void *aarch_tls
,
11674 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11675 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11676 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11680 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11683 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11686 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11687 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11688 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11692 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11695 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11698 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11699 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11700 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11704 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11707 const void *aarch_sve
,
11710 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11711 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11712 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11716 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11719 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11722 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11723 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11724 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11728 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11731 const char *section
,
11735 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11736 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11737 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11738 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11739 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11740 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11741 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11742 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11743 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11744 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11745 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11746 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11747 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11748 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11749 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11750 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11751 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11752 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11753 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11754 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11755 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11756 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11757 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11758 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11759 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11760 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11761 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11762 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11763 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11764 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11765 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11766 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11767 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11768 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11769 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11770 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11771 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11772 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11773 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11774 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11775 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11776 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11777 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11778 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11779 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11780 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11781 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11782 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11783 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11784 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11785 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11786 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11787 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11788 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11789 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11790 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11791 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11792 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11793 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11794 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11795 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11796 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11797 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11798 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11799 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11800 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11801 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11802 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11803 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11804 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11805 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11806 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11807 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11808 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11813 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11818 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11819 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11820 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11821 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11824 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11828 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11830 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11831 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11833 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11836 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11838 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11839 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11840 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11843 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11844 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11845 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11847 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11848 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11851 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11858 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11861 const char * string
;
11863 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11867 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11868 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11869 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11870 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11871 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11872 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
11873 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
11875 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11878 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11880 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11881 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11882 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11884 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11893 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11895 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11898 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11899 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11901 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11907 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11914 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11919 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11922 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11925 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
11929 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11930 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11933 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11943 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11945 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11946 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11947 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11950 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11952 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11954 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11958 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11961 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11962 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11963 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11964 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11966 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11967 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11970 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11974 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11976 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11980 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11981 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
11982 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11983 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11988 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11989 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11990 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11991 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11993 return reloc_class_normal
;
11996 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11997 relocation against a local symbol. */
12000 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12001 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12003 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12005 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12006 bfd_vma relocation
;
12008 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12009 + sec
->output_offset
12011 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12012 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12013 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12016 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12017 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12018 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12021 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12022 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12023 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12024 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12025 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12026 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12027 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12030 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12031 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12037 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12038 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12042 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12044 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12045 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12047 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12048 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12049 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12052 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12053 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12054 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12055 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12059 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12060 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12064 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12066 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12067 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12069 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12070 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12073 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12075 /* Reverse the offset. */
12076 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12077 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12079 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12080 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12081 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12082 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12088 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12089 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12090 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12091 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12092 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12093 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12095 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12096 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12097 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12098 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12099 the remote memory. */
12102 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12105 bfd_size_type size
,
12106 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12107 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12109 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12110 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12114 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12115 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12116 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12121 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12124 const char *relplt_name
;
12125 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12129 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12135 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12138 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12141 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12144 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12145 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12146 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12147 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12148 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12151 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12152 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12153 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12156 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12160 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12161 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12164 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12165 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12166 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12167 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12169 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12170 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12173 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12175 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12180 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12184 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12185 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12187 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12192 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12193 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12196 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12197 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12198 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12199 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12200 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12201 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12203 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12206 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12207 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12209 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12213 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12214 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12215 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12216 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12219 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12222 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12223 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12230 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12231 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12232 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12233 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12234 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12235 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12236 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12237 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12240 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12242 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12244 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12246 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12247 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12249 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12250 SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or
12251 STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12252 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12254 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12255 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12256 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12257 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12259 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12260 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported"));
12261 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12262 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported"));
12263 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12264 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported"));
12265 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12273 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12274 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12275 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12278 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12280 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12281 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12284 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12285 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12286 otherwise return zero. */
12289 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12292 bfd_size_type size
;
12294 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12295 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12296 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12299 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12301 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12302 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;